unfoldingWord_en_tn/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1-18)<br>1. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19-51)<br>1. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2-11)<br>1. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12-19)<br>- Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1-11)<br>- Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12-19)<br>- Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20-36)<br>- The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37-50)<br>- Jesus teaches his disciples (13-17)<br>- Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1-19:15)<br>- Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16-42)<br>1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1-29)<br>1. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30-31)<br>1. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31).<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author.<br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)<br>* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets ([]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>* The story of the adulterous woman (7:53–8:11)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
3	JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:23, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([John 1:1, 14](./01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>When people believes in Jesus, they go from being “children of wrath” to “children of God.” They are adopted into the “family of God.”They are adopted into the “family of God.” This is an important image that will be unfolded in the New Testament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 1:51](../../jhn/01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
4	JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	In the beginning	This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth.
5	JHN	1	1	z59q		ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.”
6	JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	All things were made through him	This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7	JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “with him there was every thing made that has been made” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8	JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-metonymy	ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	In him was life, and the life was the light of men	“In him was life” is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, “light” here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9	JHN	1	4	dv2f		ἐν αὐτῷ	1	In him	Here “him” refers to the one who is called the Word.
10	JHN	1	4	wxn4		ζωὴ	1	life	Here use a general term for “life.” If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.”
11	JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here “light” is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here “darkness” is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12	JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here “light” is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13	JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν	1	The true light	Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14	JHN	1	10	b93e		ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	“Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him”
15	JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world did not know him	The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16	JHN	1	11	jr6d		εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	He came to his own, and his own did not receive him	“He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either”
17	JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν…παρέλαβον	1	receive him	“accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
18	JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	The word “name” is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19	JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	“he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them”
20	JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The word “children” is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21	JHN	1	14	ft2l		ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md).
22	JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here “flesh” represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
23	JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1	the one and only who came from the Father	The phrase “the one an only” means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase “who came from the Father” means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father”
24	JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25	JHN	1	14	tg4m		πλήρης χάριτος	1	full of grace	“full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve”
26	JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase “comes after me” means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later.
27	JHN	1	15	q75h		ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	is greater than I am	“is more important than I am” or “has more authority than I have”
28	JHN	1	15	lrd7		ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	for he was before me	Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
29	JHN	1	16	p3zg		τοῦ πληρώματος	1	fullness	This word refers to God’s grace that has no end.
30	JHN	1	16	b9r1		χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	grace after grace	“blessing after blessing”
31	JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
32	JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent…to him from Jerusalem	The word “Jews” here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
33	JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he did not deny” says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
34	JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν? σὺ	1	What are you then?	“What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?”
35	JHN	1	22	t8ib			0	Connecting Statement:	John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
36	JHN	1	22	sa3t		εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1	they said to him	“the priests and Levites said to John”
37	JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give…us	the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
38	JHN	1	23	a732		ἔφη	1	He said	“John said”
39	JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word “voice” here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
40	JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here the word “way” is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
41	JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
42	JHN	1	26	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
43	JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44	JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45	JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
46	JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	The word “world” is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47	JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
48	JHN	1	32	mcc7		καταβαῖνον	1	descending	coming down from above
49	JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
50	JHN	1	32	uji2		οὐρανοῦ	1	heaven	The word “heaven” refers to the “sky.”
51	JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Some copies of this text say “Son of God”; others say “chosen one of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
52	JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
53	JHN	1	35	i3lg		τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
54	JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55	JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	“hour 10.” This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
56	JHN	1	40	x8g8			0	General Information:	These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in [John 1:39](../01/39.md).
57	JHN	1	42	k2dx		υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	This is not John the Baptist. “John” was a very common name.
58	JHN	1	44	i5bm	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου	1	Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter	This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
59	JHN	1	46	s2kg		εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	Nathaniel said to him	“Nathaniel said to Philip”
60	JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι	1	Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?	This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
61	JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
62	JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
63	JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις	1	Because I said to you…do you believe?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
64	JHN	1	51	ga44		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true.
65	JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).<br>
66	JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
67	JHN	2	1	vw9e		τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43.
68	JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
69	JHN	2	4	a2ji		γύναι	1	Woman	This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
70	JHN	2	4	jc75	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	why do you come to me?	This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “this has nothing to do with me.” or “you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
71	JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has not yet come	The word “time” is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
72	JHN	2	6	y7p3	translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two to three metretes	You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “75 to 115 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
73	JHN	2	7	vt75		ἕως ἄνω	1	to the brim	This means “to the very top” or “completely full.”
74	JHN	2	8	h9gr		τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	the head waiter	This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
75	JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background	οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ	1	but the servants who had drawn the water knew	This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
76	JHN	2	10	mh3s		μεθυσθῶσιν	1	drunk	unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
77	JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-newevent		0	Connecting Statement:	This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
78	JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
79	JHN	2	11	z3tk		ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here “his glory” refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power”
80	JHN	2	12	h9tu		κατέβη	1	went down	This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation.
81	JHN	2	12	x3f7		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	his brothers	The word “brothers” includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
82	JHN	2	13	bh23			0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple.
83	JHN	2	13	xr29		ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
84	JHN	2	14	i8lv		καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce.
85	JHN	2	14	sa75		τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς	1	sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons	People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God.
86	JHN	2	14	qu9k		κερματιστὰς	1	money changers	Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the “money changers.”
87	JHN	2	15	x6et		καὶ	1	So	This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple.
88	JHN	2	16	r16m		μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace	“Stop buying and selling things in my Father’s house”
89	JHN	2	16	h6qy		τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	the house of my Father	This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
90	JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
91	JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
92	JHN	2	17	ua3v		τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	This term refers to the temple, God’s house.
93	JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	The word “consume” points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94	JHN	2	18	qtx1		σημεῖον	1	sign	This refers to an event that proves something is true.
95	JHN	2	18	r5rw		ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to Jesus’ actions against the money changers in the temple.
96	JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-hypo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple,…I will raise it up	Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words “destroy” and “raise” using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97	JHN	2	19	k2pz		ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	raise it up	“cause it to stand”
98	JHN	2	20	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
99	JHN	2	20	rn6x	translate-numbers	τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις	1	forty-six years…three days	“46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
100	JHN	2	20	xbx3	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν	1	you will raise it up in three days?	This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
101	JHN	2	22	gq2w		ἐπίστευσαν	1	believed	Here “believe” means to accept something or trust that it is true.
102	JHN	2	22	ewi1		τῷ λόγῳ	1	this statement	This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md).
103	JHN	2	23	kvn6		ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	The word “now” introduces us to a new event in the story.
104	JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
105	JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει	1	the signs that he did	Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
106	JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Here the word “man” represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
107	JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
108	JHN	3	1	yl6f			0	General Information:	Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
109	JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
110	JHN	3	2	skq8		οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here “we” is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
111	JHN	3	3	b9u1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
112	JHN	3	3	nz18		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
113	JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	“born from above” or “born of God”
114	JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
115	JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
116	JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. “Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
117	JHN	3	4	z64b		δεύτερον	1	a second time	“again” or “twice”
118	JHN	3	4	ppr8		τὴν κοιλίαν	1	womb	the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows
119	JHN	3	5	il52		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
120	JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	There are two possible meanings: 1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” or 2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121	JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
122	JHN	3	7	t2sl			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
123	JHN	3	7	lpj4		δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1	You must be born again	“You must be born from above”
124	JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-personification	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
125	JHN	3	9	g4ji	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι	1	How can these things be?	This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
126	JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
127	JHN	3	10	gbu5		σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher…yet you do not understand	The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
128	JHN	3	11	j1k1		οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
129	JHN	3	11	jt1f		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
130	JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	λαλοῦμεν	1	we speak	When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
131	JHN	3	12	y4e9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
132	JHN	3	12	pt4x	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	I told you…you do not believe…how will you believe if I tell you	In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
133	JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε	1	how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things?	This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
134	JHN	3	12	lbv3		εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	heavenly things	spiritual things
135	JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
136	JHN	3	14	f9yi		ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	in the wilderness	The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
137	JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here “world” is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
138	JHN	3	16	jen2		ἠγάπησεν	1	loved	This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
139	JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
140	JHN	3	17	rv45		ἵνα κρίνῃ	1	to condemn	“to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
141	JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
142	JHN	3	19	z9d2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
143	JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	The light has come into the world	The word “light” is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
144	JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145	JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
146	JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι	1	plainly seen that his deeds	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
147	JHN	3	22	uy4j		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md).
148	JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	This word means “springs,” as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
149	JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
150	JHN	3	23	jh2w		ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ	1	because there was much water there	“because there were many springs in that place”
151	JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
152	JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to argue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
153	JHN	3	25	fuq2		ζήτησις	1	a dispute	a fight using words
154	JHN	3	26	jr28		σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	In this phrase, “look” is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
155	JHN	3	27	kl21		οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	“Nobody has any power unless”
156	JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here “heaven” is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
157	JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	This “You” is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
158	JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
159	JHN	3	29	k5xq			0	Connecting Statement:	John the Baptist continues speaking.
160	JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	Here the “bride” and “bridegroom” are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
161	JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So then I rejoice greatly” or “So I rejoice much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
162	JHN	3	29	hnw2		ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	The word “my” refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
163	JHN	3	30	kn9s		ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	“He” refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
164	JHN	3	31	qd7t		ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	“He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else”
165	JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-metonymy	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: “He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
166	JHN	3	31	qrg7		ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from heaven is above all	This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
167	JHN	3	32	c5yt		ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρε	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven”
168	JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
169	JHN	3	33	k36d		ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	“Anyone who believes what Jesus says”
170	JHN	3	33	g5x4		ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	“proves” or “agrees”
171	JHN	3	34	db8m			0	Connecting Statement:	John the Baptist finishes speaking.
172	JHN	3	34	rr83		ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	“This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him”
173	JHN	3	34	bnx8		οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	“For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit”
174	JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father…Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
175	JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given…into his hand	This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
176	JHN	3	36	u1ks		ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	“A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes”
177	JHN	3	36	zy7u		ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
178	JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.<br>
179	JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0	General Information:	John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
180	JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	A long sentence begins here.
181	JHN	4	1	b1vc		ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	“Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this.”
182	JHN	4	1	h6ek		ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
183	JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	The reflexive pronoun “himself” adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
184	JHN	4	3	dm2t		ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words “Now when Jesus” in verse 1. “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee”
185	JHN	4	7	g82d		δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This is a polite request, not a command.
186	JHN	4	8	u29c		οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
187	JHN	4	9	l2qh		λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις	1	Then the Samaritan woman said to him	The word “him” refers to Jesus.
188	JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking…for something to drink?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
189	JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	“do not associate with”
190	JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-metaphor	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
191	JHN	4	12	di9q	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ	1	You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob…cattle?	This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob…cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
192	JHN	4	12	knw5		τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ	1	our father Jacob	“our ancestor Jacob”
193	JHN	4	12	sj7n		ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν	1	drank from it	“drank water that came from it”
194	JHN	4	13	leu7		διψήσει πάλιν	1	will be thirsty again	“will need to drink water again”
195	JHN	4	14	g598	figs-metaphor	τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος	1	the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him	Here the word “fountain” is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196	JHN	4	14	fha9		ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	eternal life	Here “life” refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give.
197	JHN	4	15	iz1p		κύριε	1	Sir	In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as “Sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness.
198	JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	“get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope
199	JHN	4	18	zpl1		τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth.
200	JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	In this context the Samaritan woman is addressesing Jesus as “sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness.
201	JHN	4	19	za2w		θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	“I can understand that you are a prophet”
202	JHN	4	20	hp3m		οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	“Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
203	JHN	4	21	klz9		πίστευέ μοι	1	Believe me	To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true.
204	JHN	4	21	nu5m		προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί	1	you will worship the Father	Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
205	JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
206	JHN	4	22	guu4		ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
207	JHN	4	22	i2df		ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for all people will know about God’s salvation because of the Jews”
208	JHN	4	22	yj1y		ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	salvation is from the Jews	Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
209	JHN	4	23	bs1p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
210	JHN	4	23	atm4		ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν	1	However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will	“However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to”
211	JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
212	JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in spirit and truth	Possible meanings are the “spirit” here is 1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or 2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
213	JHN	4	23	utt7		ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ	1	in…truth	thinking correctly of what is true about God
214	JHN	4	25	lp44		οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah…Christ	Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.”
215	JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words “explain everything” imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
216	JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	“Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
217	JHN	4	27	p39j		καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
218	JHN	4	27	cbc9		οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς?	1	no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?”	Possible meanings are 1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or 2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’”
219	JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
220	JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
221	JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	“While the woman was going into town”
222	JHN	4	31	d4fu		ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples were urging him	“the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus”
223	JHN	4	32	j8h2		ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus is not talking about literal “food,” but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
224	JHN	4	33	w451	figs-rquestion	μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal “food.” They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
225	JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here “food” is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
226	JHN	4	35	u5d6		οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	“Is this not one of your popular sayings”
227	JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	The words “fields” and “ripe for harvest” are metaphors. The “fields” represent people. The words “ripe for harvest” mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
228	JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-metaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Here “fruit for everlasting life” is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229	JHN	4	37	w4xn			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
230	JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων	1	One sows, and another harvests	The words “sows” and “harvests” are metaphors. The one who “sows” shares the message of Jesus. The one who “harvests” helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
231	JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	“you are now joining in their work”
232	JHN	4	39	mc7p		ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	believed in him	To “believe in” someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
233	JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
234	JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here “word” is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
235	JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
236	JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
237	JHN	4	43	gj2f		ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	from Judea
238	JHN	4	44	t1li	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	For Jesus himself declared	The reflexive pronoun “himself” is added to emphasize that Jesus had “declared” or said this.. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
239	JHN	4	44	fx22		προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	a prophet has no honor in his own country	“people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
240	JHN	4	45	v9la		ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	at the festival	Here the festival is the Passover.
241	JHN	4	46	ffm3		οὖν	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
242	JHN	4	46	bp3w		βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	someone who is in the service of the king
243	JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	“Unless…not believe” here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
244	JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here “word” is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
245	JHN	4	51	a5gw		ἤδη	1	While	This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
246	JHN	4	53	jhg4		καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	The reflexive pronoun “himself” is used here to emphasize the word “he.” If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
247	JHN	4	54	k5x6		σημεῖον	1	sign	Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
248	JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.”<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
249	JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
250	JHN	5	1	ea65		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This refers to after Jesus healed the official’s son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md).
251	JHN	5	1	b1pz		ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	there was a Jewish festival	“the Jews were celebrating a festival”
252	JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
253	JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
254	JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
255	JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings
256	JHN	5	3	ytj4		πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	A large number of the people who were sick	“Many people”
257	JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants		0	General Information:	Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
258	JHN	5	5	bez8		ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	“was at the Bethesda pool” ([John 5:1](../05/01.md))
259	JHN	5	5	z6e1	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη	1	thirty-eight years	“38 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
260	JHN	5	6	c7ef		γνοὺς	1	he realized	“he understood” or “he found out”
261	JHN	5	6	w97q		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	he said to him	“Jesus said to the paralyzed man”
262	JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε…οὐκ ἔχω	1	Sir, I do not have	Here the word “sir” is a polite form of address.
263	JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
264	JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in [John 5:2](../05/02.md).
265	JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	“someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me”
266	JHN	5	8	eqe4		ἔγειρε	1	Get up	“Stand up!”
267	JHN	5	8	ft81		ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει	1	take up your bed, and walk	“Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!”
268	JHN	5	9	z33x		ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	the man was healed	“the man became healthy again”
269	JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
270	JHN	5	10	ja3x		ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
271	JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	“It is God’s Day of Rest”
272	JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	“The man who made me well”
273	JHN	5	12	r7nx		ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	“The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed”
274	JHN	5	14	h1ri		εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus found him	“Jesus found the man he had healed”
275	JHN	5	14	h39z		ἴδε	1	See	The word “See” is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
276	JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ	1	Now	The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
277	JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
278	JHN	5	17	ijd8		ἐργάζεται	1	is working	This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
279	JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
280	JHN	5	18	n8bh		ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	“saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God”
281	JHN	5	19	f2qp			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
282	JHN	5	19	rr9q		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
283	JHN	5	19	x9sl	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
284	JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son…Father	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
285	JHN	5	20	zlr7		ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε	1	you will be amazed	“you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked”
286	JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
287	JHN	5	20	x8ac		φιλεῖ	1	loves	The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
288	JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father…Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
289	JHN	5	21	xzu4		ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	This refers to “spiritual life.”
290	JHN	5	22	b2l6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son	The word “for” marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
291	JHN	5	23	p2kj	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1	honor the Son just as…the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father	God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
292	JHN	5	24	w6wu		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
293	JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1	he who hears my word	Here “word” is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
294	JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-doublenegatives	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
295	JHN	5	25	gtu6		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
296	JHN	5	25	s23d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν	1	the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live	The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
297	JHN	5	25	d81y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
298	JHN	5	26	p6ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself	The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
299	JHN	5	26	x136	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father…Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
300	JHN	5	26	f5vq		ζωὴν	1	life	This means spiritual life.
301	JHN	5	27	g58f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
302	JHN	5	27	pr1c		ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
303	JHN	5	28	sr8j		μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	“This” refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
304	JHN	5	28	h9l7		ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	“hear my voice”
305	JHN	5	30	ayn1		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	the will of him who sent me	The word “him” refers to God the Father.
306	JHN	5	32	yt31		ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	There is another who testifies about me	“There is someone else who tells people about me”
307	JHN	5	32	nr3l		ἄλλος	1	another	This refers to God.
308	JHN	5	32	uxh5		ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	“what he tells people about me is true”
309	JHN	5	34	rvc5		ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	“I do not need people’s testimony”
310	JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
311	JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Here “lamp” and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312	JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish…that the Father has sent me	God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
313	JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
314	JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus says that the miracles “testify” or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
315	JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun “himself” emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
316	JHN	5	38	lxm4		τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε	1	You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent	“You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you”
317	JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “You do not live according to his word” or “You do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
318	JHN	5	38	rc2n		τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	“the message he spoke to you”
319	JHN	5	39	xi22		ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	“you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
320	JHN	5	40	dzm2		οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	“you refuse to believe my message”
321	JHN	5	41	c1rx		λαμβάνω	1	receive	accept
322	JHN	5	42	b1j4		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This can mean 1) “you really do not love God” or 2) “you have really not received God’s love.”
323	JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here the word “name” is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
324	JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
325	JHN	5	43	ue9f		λαμβάνετέ	1	receive	welcome as a friend
326	JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	The word “name” is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
327	JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ	1	How can you believe, you who accept praise…God?	This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
328	JHN	5	44	g7qd		πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	This means to trust in Jesus.
329	JHN	5	45	kk5q	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε	1	The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope	“Moses” here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
330	JHN	5	45	pf98		ἠλπίκατε	1	your hope	“your confidence” or “your trust”
331	JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	εἰ…τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
332	JHN	5	47	x7h9		τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	“what I say”
333	JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 6;26](./26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
334	JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
335	JHN	6	1	el4l		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	The phrase “these things” refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
336	JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus went away	It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
337	JHN	6	2	qxs7		ὄχλος πολύς	1	A great crowd	“A large number of people”
338	JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
339	JHN	6	4	kct2			0	General Information:	The action in the story begins in verse 5.
340	JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
341	JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
342	JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	The reflexive pronoun “himself” makes it clear that the word “he” refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
343	JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word “denarii” is the plural of “denarius. “Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
344	JHN	6	9	k3k6		πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	“Five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain.
345	JHN	6	9	fjx1		ἄρτους	1	loaves	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves.
346	JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους	1	what are these among so many?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
347	JHN	6	10	n9ft		ἀναπεσεῖν	1	sit down	“lie down”
348	JHN	6	10	pf33	writing-background	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1	Now there was a lot of grass in the place	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
349	JHN	6	10	iz32		ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι	1	So the men sat down, about five thousand in number	While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men.
350	JHN	6	11	mnw3		εὐχαριστήσας	1	giving thanks	Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves.
351	JHN	6	11	wi9d	figs-synecdoche	διέδωκεν	1	he gave it	“he” here represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
352	JHN	6	13	y3zz			0	General Information:	Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
353	JHN	6	13	hqx9		συνήγαγον	1	they gathered	“the disciples gathered”
354	JHN	6	13	h64z		ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν	1	left over	the food that no one had eaten
355	JHN	6	14	nlw1		ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish
356	JHN	6	14	g8zb		ὁ προφήτης	1	the prophet	the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world
357	JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
358	JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
359	JHN	6	19	xx7d		ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
360	JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	A “stadium” is 185 meters. Alternate translation: “about five or six kilometers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
361	JHN	6	20	d6wv		μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Do not be afraid	“Stop being afraid!”
362	JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
363	JHN	6	22	yy7c		τῆς θαλάσσης	1	the sea	“the Sea of Galilee”
364	JHN	6	23	z5b4	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	However, there were…the Lord had given thanks	Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
365	JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος	1	boats that came from Tiberias	Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
366	JHN	6	24	cql6			0	General Information:	The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
367	JHN	6	26	f8j4		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
368	JHN	6	27	czb3		ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός	1	eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him	God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
369	JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man…God the Father	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
370	JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-metaphor	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1	has set his seal on him	To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
371	JHN	6	31	gye7		οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	“Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
372	JHN	6	31	jz9p		τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	heaven	This refers to the place where God lives.
373	JHN	6	32	e6s1		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
374	JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινό	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	The “true bread” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
375	JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
376	JHN	6	33	rrf5		ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ	1	gives life to the world	“gives spiritual life to the world”
377	JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here the “world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
378	JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
379	JHN	6	35	w1sp		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς	1	believes in	This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
380	JHN	6	37	n6bk	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει	1	Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me	God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
381	JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
382	JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
383	JHN	6	38	z84i			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
384	JHN	6	38	cpi9		τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	“my Father, who sent me”
385	JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
386	JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
387	JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
388	JHN	6	41	jl8l		ἐγόγγυζον	1	grumbled	talked unhappily
389	JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390	JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	Is not this Jesus…whose father and mother we know?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
391	JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
392	JHN	6	43	pk4s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
393	JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
394	JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ	1	draws	This can mean 1) “pulls” or 2) “attracts.”
395	JHN	6	44	jb73	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
396	JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
397	JHN	6	45	rk3b		πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ	1	Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me	The Jews thought Jesus was the “son of Joseph” ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
398	JHN	6	46	lcz8			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders.
399	JHN	6	46	i9mp	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
400	JHN	6	47	de5y		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
401	JHN	6	47	t8lk		ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who believes has eternal life	God gives “eternal life” to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God.
402	JHN	6	48	iih2	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
403	JHN	6	49	uh76		οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	“Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors”
404	JHN	6	49	mr3u		ἀπέθανον	1	died	This refers to physical death.
405	JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος	1	This is the bread	Here “bread” is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
406	JHN	6	50	v212		μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	“live forever.” Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death.
407	JHN	6	51	px99		ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)).
408	JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here “the world” is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
409	JHN	6	52	v6g7			0	Connecting Statement:	Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
410	JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about “his flesh.” Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
411	JHN	6	53	q8jl		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
412	JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-metaphor	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here the phrases “eat the flesh” and “drink his blood” are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
413	JHN	6	53	j1ga		οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you will not have life in yourselves	“you will not receive eternal life”
414	JHN	6	54	t3xn			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
415	JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-metaphor	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life	The phrases “eats my flesh” and “drinks my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
416	JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
417	JHN	6	54	qia5		τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	“on the day when God judges everyone”
418	JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-metaphor	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food…my blood is true drink	The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419	JHN	6	56	u3w4		ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	remains in me, and I in him	“has a close relationship with me”
420	JHN	6	57	dba2		καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	The phrase “eats me” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
421	JHN	6	57	nfz4		ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	living Father	Possible meanings are 1) “the Father who gives life” or 2) “the Father who is alive.”
422	JHN	6	57	m1l5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
423	JHN	6	58	m2nz		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
424	JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
425	JHN	6	58	j2hx		ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
426	JHN	6	58	jv4c		ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Here “eats this bread” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
427	JHN	6	58	i9ih		οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	“the forefathers” or “the ancestors”
428	JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background	ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus said these things in the synagogue…in Capernaum	Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
429	JHN	6	60	t1me			0	Connecting Statement:	Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
430	JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν	1	who can accept it?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
431	JHN	6	61	rn8i		τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει	1	Does this offend you?	“Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
432	JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-rquestion	ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1	Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before?	Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
433	JHN	6	63	y558		ὠφελεῖ	1	profits	The word “profit” means to cause good things to happen.
434	JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	words	Possible meanings are 1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or 2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
435	JHN	6	63	plw8		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	The words that I have spoken to you	“What I have told you”
436	JHN	6	63	gb29		πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	are spirit, and they are life	Possible meanings are 1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or 2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or 3) “are about spiritual things and life.”
437	JHN	6	64	k7ir			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
438	JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones…who it was who would betray him	Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
439	JHN	6	65	c3cl		οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
440	JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
441	JHN	6	65	f7l1		ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	come to me	“follow me and receive eternal life”
442	JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443	JHN	6	66	v7gq		τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	Here “his disciples” refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
444	JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-ellipsis	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
445	JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
446	JHN	6	70	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
447	JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
448	JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>### Irony<br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” or “Jews (leaders)” and “Jews (in general).”<br>
449	JHN	7	1	gg4v	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
450	JHN	7	1	b99m		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later”
451	JHN	7	1	k5yv		περιεπάτει	1	traveled	The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle.
452	JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι	1	the Jews were seeking to kill him	Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
453	JHN	7	2	m4ch		ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία	1	Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near	“Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters”
454	JHN	7	3	x8ce		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
455	JHN	7	3	id2z		σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	The word “works” refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
456	JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1	he himself wants	The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word “he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
457	JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here “the world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
458	JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	For even his brothers did not believe in him	This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
459	JHN	7	5	bs7f		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	“his younger brothers”
460	JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
461	JHN	7	6	shs9		ὁ…καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	your time is always ready	“any time is good for you”
462	JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
463	JHN	7	7	e5hq		ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	I testify about it that its works are evil	“I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
464	JHN	7	8	pt7f			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
465	JHN	7	8	evk6	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται	1	my time has not yet been fulfilled	Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466	JHN	7	10	xw52			0	General Information:	The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
467	JHN	7	10	jz6l		ὡς…ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	when his brothers had gone up to the festival	These “brothers” were the younger brothers of Jesus.
468	JHN	7	10	z4ym		καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη	1	he also went up	Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
469	JHN	7	10	rw5v	figs-doublet	οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ	1	not publicly but in secret	These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
470	JHN	7	11	i6cl	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	The Jews were looking for him	Here the word “Jews”is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
471	JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here “leads…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
472	JHN	7	13	x3xa		τὸν φόβον	1	fear	This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
473	JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
474	JHN	7	14	yut8			0	General Information:	Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
475	JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδε	1	How does this man know so much?	The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
476	JHN	7	16	h7mr		ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	but is of him who sent me	“but comes from God, the one who sent me”
477	JHN	7	17	srx3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
478	JHN	7	18	xf9j		ὁ…δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1	but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him	“when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie”
479	JHN	7	19	pib5			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
480	JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον	1	Did not Moses give you the law?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
481	JHN	7	19	iwv8		ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	keeps the law	“obeys the law”
482	JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Why do you seek to kill me?	Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: “You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
483	JHN	7	20	l1rq		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	You have a demon	“This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!”
484	JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Who seeks to kill you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one is trying to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
485	JHN	7	21	b63z		ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	“one miracle” or “one sign”
486	JHN	7	21	l1zf		πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	“you all are shocked”
487	JHN	7	22	d8sw	writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors	Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
488	JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
489	JHN	7	22	dl6z		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	on the Sabbath	“on the Jewish Day of Rest”
490	JHN	7	23	t21u		εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1	If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken	“If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses”
491	JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
492	JHN	7	23	f437		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	on the Sabbath	“on the Jewish Day of Rest?”
493	JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: “Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
494	JHN	7	25	ts7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Is not this the one they seek to kill?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
495	JHN	7	26	n5pi	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν	1	they say nothing to him	This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
496	JHN	7	26	s2un	figs-rquestion	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
497	JHN	7	28	zxh7		ἔκραξεν	1	cried out	“spoke in a loud voice”
498	JHN	7	28	ah7u	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
499	JHN	7	28	rq9t	figs-irony	κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί	1	You both know me and know where I come from	John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
500	JHN	7	28	w35k		ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	of myself	“on my own authority.” See how you translated “of himself” in [John 5:19](../05/19.md).
501	JHN	7	28	a2h9		ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1	he who sent me is true	“God is the one who sent me and he is true”
502	JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	The word “hour” is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
503	JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
504	JHN	7	31	x8e4		σημεῖα	1	signs	This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
505	JHN	7	33	xm7p		ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι	1	I am still with you for a short amount of time	“I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
506	JHN	7	33	b4m8		καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	then I go to him who sent me	Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him.
507	JHN	7	34	p7w6		ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	where I go, you will not be able to come	“you will not be able to come to the place where I am”
508	JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
509	JHN	7	35	ef1y		τὴν διασπορὰν	1	the dispersion	This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine.
510	JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	This “word” is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
511	JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
512	JHN	7	37	fg95		ἡμέρᾳ…μεγάλῃ	1	great day	It is “great” because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
513	JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here the word “thirsty” is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
514	JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	The word “drink” is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
515	JHN	7	38	u9cx		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	“As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
516	JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
517	JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-metaphor	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Possible meanings are 1) “water that gives life” or 2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
518	JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
519	JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
520	JHN	7	39	syp9		δὲ εἶπεν	1	But he said	Here “he” refers to Jesus.
521	JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
522	JHN	7	39	n599		ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1	because Jesus was not yet glorified	Here the word “glorified” refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
523	JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
524	JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
525	JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
526	JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
527	JHN	7	42	zjh5		ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ	1	where David was	“where David lived”
528	JHN	7	43	lf5r		σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν	1	So there arose a division in the crowds because of him	The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
529	JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	but no one laid hands on him	To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: “but no one grabbed him to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
530	JHN	7	45	m3rf		οἱ ὑπηρέται	1	the officers	“the temple guards”
531	JHN	7	46	qwv3	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος	1	Never has anyone spoken like this	The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
532	JHN	7	47	d4xy		οὖν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	So the Pharisees	“Because they said that, the Pharisees”
533	JHN	7	47	t91p		ἀπεκρίθησαν…αὐτοῖς	1	answered them	“answered the officers”
534	JHN	7	47	z95z	figs-rquestion	καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1	Have you also been deceived?	The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
535	JHN	7	48	e8vu	figs-rquestion	τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
536	JHN	7	49	e5td		τὸν νόμον	1	the law	This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
537	JHN	7	49	fe7d		ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1	But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed	“As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!”
538	JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
539	JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ	1	Does our law judge a man…what he does?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man…what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
540	JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπο	1	Does our law judge a man	Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
541	JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ	1	Are you also from Galilee?	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
542	JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see	This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
543	JHN	7	52	jm59		προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	no prophet comes from Galilee	This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
544	JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have 7:53 - 8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
545	JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>### The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
546	JHN	8	1	mkz2			0	General Information:	While some texts have 7:53 - 8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
547	JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author neither gives background to this event nor marks the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
548	JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	I am the light of the world	Here the “light” is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
549	JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
550	JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
551	JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552	JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-metaphor	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	The “light of life” is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: “truth that brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553	JHN	8	13	ih9h		σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	“You are just saying these things about yourself”
554	JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
555	JHN	8	14	x9rf		κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Even if I bear witness about myself	“Even if I say these things about myself”
556	JHN	8	15	k92s		τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	“human standards and the laws of men”
557	JHN	8	15	j79i		ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	Possible meanings are 1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or 2) “I am not judging anyone now.”
558	JHN	8	16	xnn5		ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ	1	if I judge	Possible meanings are 1) “if I judge people” or 2) “whenever I judge people”
559	JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	Possible meanings are 1) “my judgment will be right” or 2) “my judgment is right.”
560	JHN	8	16	emx1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me	Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
561	JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
562	JHN	8	16	f6nu		ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ	1	I am with the Father	The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
563	JHN	8	16	r7dx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
564	JHN	8	17	uvc6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
565	JHN	8	17	i1sl		καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ	1	Yes, and in your law	The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
566	JHN	8	17	r2r8	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	JHN	8	17	l6ln	figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	the testimony of two men is true	The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
568	JHN	8	18	ff2p		ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I am he who bears witness about myself	Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself”
569	JHN	8	18	gfd3	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	the Father who sent me bears witness about me	The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
570	JHN	8	18	ycc8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
571	JHN	8	19	s37n	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
572	JHN	8	19	d3b9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1	You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also	Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
573	JHN	8	19	b26z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
574	JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	The word “hour” is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
575	JHN	8	21	xv3g			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
576	JHN	8	21	gg46		ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε	1	die in your sin	Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning”
577	JHN	8	21	e83m		ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	you cannot come	“you are not able to come”
578	JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
579	JHN	8	23	zug9		ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	“You were born in this world”
580	JHN	8	23	a7ny		ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	“I came from heaven”
581	JHN	8	23	svn1		ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ	1	You are of this world	“You belong to this world”
582	JHN	8	23	w9jl		ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	I am not of this world	“I do not belong to this world”
583	JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	“you will die without God’s forgiving your sins”
584	JHN	8	24	he1k		ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or 2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
585	JHN	8	25	t7tv		ἔλεγον	1	They said	The word “They” refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
586	JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
587	JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
588	JHN	8	28	x6ca		ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
589	JHN	8	28	er3s		Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself.
590	JHN	8	28	tcs5		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or 2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
591	JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	“I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
592	JHN	8	29	w9cl		ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	The word “He” refers to God.
593	JHN	8	30	ld9x		ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	“As Jesus spoke these words”
594	JHN	8	30	uj29		πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	many believed in him	“many people trusted him”
595	JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
596	JHN	8	31	iq3z		μαθηταί μού	1	my disciples	“my followers”
597	JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	This is personification. Jesus speaks of “the truth” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
598	JHN	8	32	xf9m		τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the truth	This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God”
599	JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
600	JHN	8	34	i2pn		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
601	JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here the word “slave” is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
602	JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here “house” is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
603	JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	the son remains forever	This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
604	JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
605	JHN	8	36	w3q1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	“Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “If I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
606	JHN	8	37	p4xm			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
607	JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	my word has no place in you	Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
608	JHN	8	38	m62y		ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	“I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
609	JHN	8	38	f9yu		καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
610	JHN	8	39	qp2r		ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	forefather
611	JHN	8	40	s615		τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	“Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God”
612	JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
613	JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
614	JHN	8	41	iz3h	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν	1	we have one Father: God	Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
615	JHN	8	42	nh4m		ἠγαπᾶτε	1	love	This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
616	JHN	8	43	ig11	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε	1	Why do you not understand my words?	Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
617	JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because you cannot hear my words	Here “words” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
618	JHN	8	44	vgy1		ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	You are of your father, the devil	“You belong to your father, Satan”
619	JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here “father” is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
620	JHN	8	45	g1q9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
621	JHN	8	45	e55r		ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	because I speak the truth	“because I tell you true things about God”
622	JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
623	JHN	8	46	kh6a		εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	“If I say things that are true”
624	JHN	8	46	ibp1	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι	1	why do you not believe me?	Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
625	JHN	8	47	l7gy	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the words of God	Here “words” is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
626	JHN	8	48	vu1h	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
627	JHN	8	48	cic5	figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?	The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
628	JHN	8	50	m4rl			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues answering the Jews.
629	JHN	8	50	fg43		ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	This refers to God.
630	JHN	8	51	fb52		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
631	JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ	1	keeps my word	Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
632	JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-idiom	θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
633	JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	Here “Jews” is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
634	JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyone keeps my word	“If anyone obeys my teaching”
635	JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-idiom	γεύσηται θανάτου	1	taste death	This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
636	JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
637	JHN	8	53	p38s		τοῦ πατρὸς	1	father	forefather
638	JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
639	JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1	it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God	The word “Father” is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
640	JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ	1	keep his word	Here “word” is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
641	JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
642	JHN	8	56	hv5g		εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	“he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced”
643	JHN	8	57	erp5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md).
644	JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	The Jews said to him	Here the “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
645	JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
646	JHN	8	58	rnw4		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
647	JHN	8	58	k4tp		ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or 2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
648	JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
649	JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
650	JHN	9	1	fa5a			0	General Information:	As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
651	JHN	9	1	un4h	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Now	This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
652	JHN	9	1	z5sx	figs-synecdoche	παράγων	1	as Jesus passed by	Here “Jesus” is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
653	JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1	who sinned, this man or his parents…blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
654	JHN	9	4	h231	figs-inclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
655	JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἡμέρα…νὺξ	1	day…Night	Here “day” and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
656	JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
657	JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	Here “light” is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
658	JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
659	JHN	9	7	ily8		νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash…washed	You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
660	JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
661	JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
662	JHN	9	10	p7vj			0	Connecting Statement:	The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
663	JHN	9	10	m97n		πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	“Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?”
664	JHN	9	11	a42y		ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1	smeared it on my eyes	“used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md).
665	JHN	9	13	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
666	JHN	9	13	cu14		ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν	1	They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees	The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
667	JHN	9	14	qxy9		Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Sabbath day	“Jewish Day of Rest”
668	JHN	9	15	d6xd		πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	“So the Pharisees also asked him”
669	JHN	9	16	y3wn	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
670	JHN	9	16	hdh9		τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does not keep the Sabbath	This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
671	JHN	9	16	k4sy	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν	1	How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
672	JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	This is another word for miracles. “Signs” give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
673	JHN	9	17	lcb3		προφήτης ἐστίν	1	He is a prophet	“I think he is a prophet”
674	JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Now the Jews still did not believe	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
675	JHN	9	19	npf9		ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς	1	They asked the parents	“They” refers to the Jewish leaders.
676	JHN	9	21	vh7q		ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς	1	he is an adult	“he is a man” or “he is no longer a child”
677	JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
678	JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
679	JHN	9	22	j15m		ἐφοβοῦντο	1	afraid	This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others.
680	JHN	9	22	dgp7		αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν…γένηται	1	would confess him to be the Christ	“would say that Jesus is the Christ”
681	JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here “be thrown out of the synagogue” is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
682	JHN	9	23	f9zl		ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	He is an adult	“he is a man” or “he is no longer a child.” See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md).
683	JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, “they” refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
684	JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
685	JHN	9	24	ww3t		οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	This refers to Jesus.
686	JHN	9	25	sr93		ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	This refers to the man who had been blind.
687	JHN	9	26	z2l2			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
688	JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man’s amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
689	JHN	9	27	kpt6	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι	1	You do not want to become his disciples too, do you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man’s statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
690	JHN	9	28	h7hy		σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου	1	You are his disciple	“You are following Jesus!”
691	JHN	9	28	z2tn	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί	1	but we are disciples of Moses	The pronoun “we” is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: “but we are following Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
692	JHN	9	29	ye4k		ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός	1	We know that God has spoken to Moses	“We are sure that God has spoken to Moses”
693	JHN	9	29	vv43	figs-explicit	τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν	1	we do not know where this one is from	Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
694	JHN	9	30	i3gm	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν	1	that you do not know where he is from	The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
695	JHN	9	31	e7ec		ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει	1	does not listen to sinners…listens to him	“does not answer the prayers of sinners…God answers his prayers”
696	JHN	9	32	e89t			0	Connecting Statement:	The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
697	JHN	9	32	b2xt	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις	1	it has never been heard that anyone opened	This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
698	JHN	9	33	tt5e	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
699	JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
700	JHN	9	34	kl2x		ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	“they threw him out of the synagogue”
701	JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
702	JHN	9	35	rpb5		πιστεύεις εἰς	1	believe in	This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
703	JHN	9	35	tw58		τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if “the Son of Man” were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
704	JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον	1	came into this world	The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
705	JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here “seeing” and “blindness” are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706	JHN	9	40	d8mm		μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	“Do you think we are spiritually blind?”
707	JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	Here “blindness” is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
708	JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains	Here “seeing” is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
709	JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.<br>
710	JHN	10	1	gzd8	figs-parables		0	General Information:	Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
711	JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
712	JHN	10	1	i3tj		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
713	JHN	10	1	xq1f		αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pen	This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
714	JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-doublet	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and a robber	This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
715	JHN	10	3	uy2v		τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	“The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd”
716	JHN	10	3	iac4		ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper	This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away.
717	JHN	10	3	db3c		τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	“The sheep hear the shepherd’s voice”
718	JHN	10	4	n1ta		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	“he walks in front of them”
719	JHN	10	4	z8dm		ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	for they know his voice	“because they recognize his voice”
720	JHN	10	6	x5yl		ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	they did not understand	Possible meanings: 1) “the disciples did not understand” or 2) “the crowd did not understand.”
721	JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parable	This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
722	JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
723	JHN	10	7	q4hs		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
724	JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here “gate” is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
725	JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-explicit	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
726	JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers “a thief and a robber” because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
727	JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here “gate” is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
728	JHN	10	9	in9p		νομὴν	1	pasture	The word “pasture” means a grassy area where sheep eat.
729	JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
730	JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-explicit	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
731	JHN	10	10	j2k6		ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	The word “they” refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing”
732	JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
733	JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here “good shepherd” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
734	JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
735	JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
736	JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
737	JHN	10	13	szr8	figs-metaphor	οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων	1	does not care for the sheep	Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
738	JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here the “good shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
739	JHN	10	15	qr9g	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα	1	The Father knows me, and I know the Father	God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
740	JHN	10	15	pn9w	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
741	JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Here “other sheep” is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
742	JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Here “flock” and “shepherd” are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
743	JHN	10	17	kd16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
744	JHN	10	17	i59j		διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life	God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
745	JHN	10	17	kpr5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
746	JHN	10	17	px17		ἀγαπᾷ	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
747	JHN	10	17	wc4l	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	I lay down my life so that I may take it again	This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
748	JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun “myself” is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
749	JHN	10	18	s13n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	I have received this command from my Father	“This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
750	JHN	10	19	wft1			0	Connecting Statement:	These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
751	JHN	10	20	gm3r	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε	1	Why do you listen to him?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
752	JHN	10	21	mj2b	figs-rquestion	δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
753	JHN	10	22	f9cm	writing-background		0	General Information:	During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
754	JHN	10	22	w25f		ἐνκαίνια	1	Festival of the Dedication	This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
755	JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-explicit	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
756	JHN	10	23	cs2b		στοᾷ	1	porch	This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
757	JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
758	JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
759	JHN	10	25	cb95			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
760	JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here “name” is a metonym for the power of God. Here “Father” is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
761	JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
762	JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
763	JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1	My sheep hear my voice	The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764	JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here the word “hand” is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
765	JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
766	JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	The word “hand” is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
767	JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
768	JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
769	JHN	10	32	t5q8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father	Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
770	JHN	10	32	tx8h	figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	For which of those works are you stoning me?	This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
771	JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	The word “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
772	JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	“claiming to be God”
773	JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written…gods”’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
774	JHN	10	34	b3gp		θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers “gods,” perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
775	JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
776	JHN	10	35	u9j2		οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	Possible meanings are 1) “no one can change the scripture” or 2) “the scripture will always be true.”
777	JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
778	JHN	10	36	fj9f		βλασφημεῖς	1	You are blaspheming	“You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
779	JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Father…Son of God	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
780	JHN	10	37	wyd2			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
781	JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
782	JHN	10	37	vk1v		πιστεύετέ μοι	1	believe me	Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
783	JHN	10	38	k2zf		τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here “believe in” is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
784	JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
785	JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	The word “hand” is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
786	JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
787	JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
788	JHN	10	41	m1pl		Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν	1	John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true	“It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.”
789	JHN	10	41	lw9n		σημεῖον	1	signs	These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility.
790	JHN	10	42	ieh5		ἐπίστευσαν εἰς	1	believed in	Here “believed in” means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
791	JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.<br>
792	JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-participants		0	General Information:	These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
793	JHN	11	2	c6r9	writing-background	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord…her hair	As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
794	JHN	11	3	i2ar		ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	“asked Jesus to come”
795	JHN	11	3	czm1		φιλεῖς	1	love	Here “love” refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
796	JHN	11	4	nk3g	figs-explicit	αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
797	JHN	11	4	k8d3		θάνατον	1	death	This refers to physical death.
798	JHN	11	4	q343	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1	instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it	Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
799	JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
800	JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background	ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
801	JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
802	JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
803	JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
804	JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
805	JHN	11	10	hel4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
806	JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί	1	if he walks at night	Here “night” is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
807	JHN	11	10	c3im		τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the light is not in him	Possible meanings are 1) “he cannot see” or “he does not have God’s light.”
808	JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-idiom	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Here “fallen asleep” is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
809	JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	The words “wake him out of sleep” form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
810	JHN	11	12	e5k2	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
811	JHN	11	12	hn2j		εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asleep	The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
812	JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	“So Jesus told them in words that they could understand”
813	JHN	11	15	c2wh			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
814	JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	“for your benefit”
815	JHN	11	15	ar2j		ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ	1	that I was not there so that you may believe	“that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more.”
816	JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
817	JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is a male name that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
818	JHN	11	17	p5ya	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
819	JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
820	JHN	11	18	d35v	translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	“about three kilometers away.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
821	JHN	11	19	m26v	figs-explicit	περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	about their brother	Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: “about their younger brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
822	JHN	11	21	ef5h	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	my brother would not have died	Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
823	JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-explicit	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Your brother will rise again	Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “Your younger brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
824	JHN	11	24	z7el		ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	“he will become alive again”
825	JHN	11	25	chs2		κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here “dies” refers to physical death.
826	JHN	11	25	ef7a		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here “live” refers to spiritual life.
827	JHN	11	26	a6gs		πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	“those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever”
828	JHN	11	26	fue3		οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here “die” refers to spiritual death.
829	JHN	11	27	mk4e		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	She said to him	“Martha said to Jesus”
830	JHN	11	27	zd3n		ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1	Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God…coming into the world	Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
831	JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
832	JHN	11	28	yd61	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
833	JHN	11	28	zs2t		διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	This is a title referring to Jesus.
834	JHN	11	28	fv8f		φωνεῖ σε	1	is calling for you	“is asking that you come”
835	JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
836	JHN	11	32	zmp7		ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
837	JHN	11	32	j2wr	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	Lazarus was Mary’s younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
838	JHN	11	33	qef6	figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: “he was greatly upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
839	JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	This is a milder way of asking, “Where have you buried him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
840	JHN	11	35	bj6b		ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	“Jesus began to cry” or “Jesus started crying”
841	JHN	11	36	b6ee		ἐφίλει	1	loved	This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member.
842	JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews’ surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: “He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!” or “Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
843	JHN	11	37	a76u	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1	opened the eyes	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “healed the eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
844	JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
845	JHN	11	39	l2pd	figs-explicit	ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα	1	Martha, the sister of Lazarus	Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Martha, the older sister of Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
846	JHN	11	39	lt1d		ἤδη ὄζει	1	by this time the body will be decaying	“by this time there will be a bad smell” or “the body is already stinking”
847	JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: “I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
848	JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
849	JHN	11	41	s2dh		Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου	1	Father, I thank you that you listened to me	Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: “Father, I thank you that you have heard me” or “Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer”
850	JHN	11	41	j54b	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
851	JHN	11	42	bj2b		ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	so that they may believe that you have sent me	“I want them to believe that you have sent me”
852	JHN	11	43	ev4z		ταῦτα εἰπὼν	1	After he had said this	“After Jesus had prayed”
853	JHN	11	43	cz9f		φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν	1	he cried out with a loud voice	“he shouted”
854	JHN	11	44	x4cb	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
855	JHN	11	44	d8xf		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to them	The word “them” refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
856	JHN	11	45	rlf4	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
857	JHN	11	47	ib61			0	General Information:	Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
858	JHN	11	47	nhw4		οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Then the chief priests	“Then the leaders among the priests”
859	JHN	11	47	gz8c		οὖν	1	Then	The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md).
860	JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
861	JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: “everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
862	JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: “the Roman army will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
863	JHN	11	48	ah4r		ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος	1	take away both our place and our nation	“destroy both our temple and our nation”
864	JHN	11	49	efq8	writing-participants	εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	a certain man among them	This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
865	JHN	11	49	lj6b	figs-hyperbole	ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν	1	You know nothing	This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
866	JHN	11	50	zh9n	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1	than that the whole nation perishes	Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word “nation” here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
867	JHN	11	51	qww5	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
868	JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	die for the nation	The word “nation” is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
869	JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	This is an ellipsis. The word “people” is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
870	JHN	11	52	mle1		τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s children.
871	JHN	11	54	gp4h			0	General Information:	Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
872	JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and “walk openly” is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
873	JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
874	JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
875	JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
876	JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
877	JHN	11	56	kc75		ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	The word “they” refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
878	JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
879	JHN	11	57	glb6	writing-background	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
880	JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary anointed Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).<br>
881	JHN	12	1	elj4			0	General Information:	Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
882	JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
883	JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
884	JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
885	JHN	12	3	ki9d		μύρου	1	perfume	This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
886	JHN	12	3	b3sa	translate-unknown	νάρδου	1	nard	This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
887	JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ…οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	1	The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume	This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
888	JHN	12	4	e1xj		ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι	1	the one who would betray him	“the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him”
889	JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
890	JHN	12	5	p838	translate-numbers	τριακοσίων δηναρίων	1	three hundred denarii	You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: “300 denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
891	JHN	12	5	dx9e	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	denarii	A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
892	JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background	εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν	1	Now he said this…would steal from what was put in it	John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
893	JHN	12	6	sl8u		εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1	he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief	“he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor”
894	JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
895	JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: “There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
896	JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: “But I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
897	JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
898	JHN	12	11	kjk7		δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
899	JHN	12	11	f6mg	figs-explicit	ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	believed in Jesus	This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “were putting their trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
900	JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
901	JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
902	JHN	12	12	sy8h		ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	“a great crowd of people”
903	JHN	12	13	lzn9		ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	This means “May God save us now!”
904	JHN	12	13	i5ul		εὐλογημένος	1	Blessed	This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
905	JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “comes as the representative of the Lord” or “comes in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
906	JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it	Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
907	JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
908	JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	“Daughter of Zion” here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
909	JHN	12	16	a74d	writing-background		0	General Information:	John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
910	JHN	12	16	rq52		ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	His disciples did not understand these things	Here the words “these things” refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
911	JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
912	JHN	12	16	lvz1		ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ	1	they had done these things to him	The words “these things” refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
913	JHN	12	17	i6ag	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
914	JHN	12	18	eel6		ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον	1	they heard that he had done this sign	“they heard others say that he had done this sign”
915	JHN	12	18	v2nx		τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
916	JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
917	JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
918	JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here “the world” is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
919	JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	The phrase “now certain” marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
920	JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-explicit	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John implies that these “Greeks” were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
921	JHN	12	21	lr8c		Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	This was a town in the province of Galilee.
922	JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-ellipsis	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	they told Jesus	Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
923	JHN	12	23	p96d			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
924	JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-explicit	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
925	JHN	12	24	m255		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
926	JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit	Here “a grain of wheat” or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
927	JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-explicit	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here “loves his life” means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
928	JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-explicit	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here the one who “hates his life” refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
929	JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
930	JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will honor him	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
931	JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
932	JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
933	JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης	1	this hour	Here “this hour” is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
934	JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	glorify your name	Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
935	JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
936	JHN	12	30	kd86			0	General Information:	Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
937	JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here “this world” is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
938	JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here “ruler” refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
939	JHN	12	32	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
940	JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
941	JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
942	JHN	12	33	v7f3	writing-background	τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die	John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
943	JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-ellipsis	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	The phrase “lifted up” means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
944	JHN	12	34	t386		τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	Possible meanings are 1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or 2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
945	JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει	1	The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going	Here “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
946	JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
947	JHN	12	37	s1wh			0	General Information:	This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
948	JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
949	JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
950	JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metonymy	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
951	JHN	12	40	z323	figs-metonymy	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts	Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hardened their hearts” is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
952	JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
953	JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
954	JHN	12	43	fx72		ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	“They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
955	JHN	12	44	t7cq			0	General Information:	Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
956	JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
957	JHN	12	45	s6xx		ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	the one who sees me sees him who sent me	Here the word “him” refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me”
958	JHN	12	46	db76			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
959	JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here the “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
960	JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here “darkness” is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
961	JHN	12	46	uxb8	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	the world	Here “the world” is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
962	JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	αὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	Here “to judge the world” implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
963	JHN	12	48	b1ds		ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the last day	“at the time when God judges people’s sins”
964	JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
965	JHN	12	50	tar2		οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	“I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever”
966	JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord’s supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
967	JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
968	JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
969	JHN	13	1	a1w4		ἀγαπήσας	1	loved	This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
970	JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
971	JHN	13	3	u3vn	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
972	JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
973	JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
974	JHN	13	3	a6qj		ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει	1	he had come from God and was going back to God	Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
975	JHN	13	4	t7cu		ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
976	JHN	13	5	s1pc		ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
977	JHN	13	6	bz27	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
978	JHN	13	8	f6dg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If I do not wash you, you have no share with me	Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
979	JHN	13	10	tv57			0	General Information:	Jesus uses the word “you” to refer to all of his disciples.
980	JHN	13	10	m7vj			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
981	JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	Here “bathed” is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
982	JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-explicit	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
983	JHN	13	12	p45l	figs-rquestion	γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν	1	Do you know what I have done for you?	This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
984	JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
985	JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-explicit	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε	1	you should also do just as I did for you	Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
986	JHN	13	16	n5cb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
987	JHN	13	16	h6gt		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
988	JHN	13	16	tpl8		μείζων	1	greater	one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
989	JHN	13	17	an8u	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	Here “bless” means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
990	JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
991	JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here the phrase “eats my bread” is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase “lifted up his heel” is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
992	JHN	13	19	qd39		ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι	1	I tell you this now before it happens	“I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
993	JHN	13	19	gg19		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or 2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
994	JHN	13	20	di3t		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
995	JHN	13	21	bq84		ἐταράχθη	1	troubled	concerned, upset
996	JHN	13	21	j7x1		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
997	JHN	13	22	dhs3		ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει	1	The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking	“The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?”
998	JHN	13	23	xvi8		εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This refers to John.
999	JHN	13	23	z8ze	figs-explicit	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the table	During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1000	JHN	13	23	p2ee		τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	Lying with one’s head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
1001	JHN	13	23	a58j		ἠγάπα	1	loved	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1002	JHN	13	26	qpj8	writing-background	Ἰσκαριώτη	1	Iscariot	This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1003	JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	The words “Judas took” are understood from the context. Alternate translation: “Then after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1004	JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: “Satan took control of him” or “Satan started to command him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1005	JHN	13	27	rz21		λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	so Jesus said to him	Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
1006	JHN	13	27	agd7		ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον	1	What you are doing, do it quickly	“Do quickly what you are planning to do!”
1007	JHN	13	29	rv4z		τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	that he should give something to the poor	You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.”
1008	JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ	1	he went out immediately. It was night	John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1009	JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1010	JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word “him” refers to the Son of Man. The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1011	JHN	13	33	zki6		τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
1012	JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1013	JHN	13	34	fkc7			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
1014	JHN	13	34	nmf5		ἀγαπᾶτε	1	love	This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1015	JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1016	JHN	13	37	ye6m		τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my life	“give up my life” or “die”
1017	JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1018	JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	“you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows”
1019	JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br>
1020	JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
1021	JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1022	JHN	14	2	cp9z		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν	1	In my Father’s house are many rooms	“There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
1023	JHN	14	2	eca3		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	This refers to heaven, where God lives.
1024	JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1025	JHN	14	2	fp9r		μοναὶ πολλαί	1	many rooms	The word “room” can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
1026	JHN	14	2	xb2y	figs-you	πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	I am going to prepare a place for you	Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1027	JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings 1) “the way to God” or 2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1028	JHN	14	5	e1dl		πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1	how can we know the way?	“how can we know how to get there?”
1029	JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings 1) “the true person” or 2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1030	JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1031	JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1032	JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1033	JHN	14	8	kum1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Lord, show us the Father	The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1034	JHN	14	9	mr1a	figs-rquestion	τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1035	JHN	14	9	l3s8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Whoever has seen me has seen the Father	To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1036	JHN	14	9	x1uh	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1037	JHN	14	10	v2jb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
1038	JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν	1	Do you not believe…in me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1039	JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1040	JHN	14	10	pgk6		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	“What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
1041	JHN	14	10	wh9w		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here “you” is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
1042	JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1043	JHN	14	12	gh64		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
1044	JHN	14	12	h2rh		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ	1	believes in me	This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
1045	JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1046	JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1047	JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1048	JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father…Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1049	JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-metonymy	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω	1	If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1050	JHN	14	16	tu1e		Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	This refers to the Holy Spirit.
1051	JHN	14	17	sc6r		Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
1052	JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1053	JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-explicit	ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1054	JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here the “world” is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1055	JHN	14	20	b87j		γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου	1	you will know that I am in my Father	God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
1056	JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1057	JHN	14	20	ht8z		καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	“you and I are just like one person”
1058	JHN	14	21	rw8n		ἀγαπῶν	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1059	JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love anyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1060	JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1061	JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	Judas (not Iscariot)	This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1062	JHN	14	22	a7aa		τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸ	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	Here the word “show” refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?”
1063	JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here “world” is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1064	JHN	14	23	a9av			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
1065	JHN	14	23	xez7		ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	“The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
1066	JHN	14	23	ai8y		ἀγαπᾷ	1	loves	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1067	JHN	14	23	xk31	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1068	JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1069	JHN	14	24	b7di		ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1	The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me	“The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own”
1070	JHN	14	24	c3ju		ὁ λόγος	1	The word	“The message”
1071	JHN	14	24	d7ay		ὃν ἀκούετε	1	that you hear	Here when Jesus says “you” he is speaking to all of his disciples.
1072	JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1073	JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	The “world” is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1074	JHN	14	27	m6qq	figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω	1	Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1075	JHN	14	28	s8bx		ἠγαπᾶτέ	1	loved	This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1076	JHN	14	28	s3t3	figs-explicit	πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I am going to the Father	Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1077	JHN	14	28	gtk5	figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	the Father is greater than I	Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1078	JHN	14	28	ymq4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1079	JHN	14	30	ah3s		τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
1080	JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται…ἄρχων	1	ruler…is coming	Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1081	JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1082	JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1083	JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1084	JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
1085	JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here the “true vine” is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1086	JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1087	JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1088	JHN	15	2	p311	figs-metaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Here “every branch” represents people, and “bear fruit” represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1089	JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει	1	takes away	“cuts off and takes away”
1090	JHN	15	2	xej7		πᾶν…καθαίρει	1	prunes every branch	“trims every branch”
1091	JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The implied metaphor here is the “clean branches” that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1092	JHN	15	3	l5zz	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	you	The word “you” throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1093	JHN	15	4	qvv9		μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Remain in me, and I in you	“If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
1094	JHN	15	4	hn7q		ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	unless you remain in me	By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
1095	JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	The “vine” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The “branches” is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1096	JHN	15	5	r4di	figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	He who remains in me and I in him	Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1097	JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he bears much fruit	The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “you will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1098	JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1099	JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1100	JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-explicit	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1101	JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1102	JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1103	JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1104	JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	Here “fruit” is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1105	JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	“show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
1106	JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1107	JHN	15	9	d32z		μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	“Continue to accept my love”
1108	JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-explicit	ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1109	JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1110	JHN	15	11	rcv8		ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ	1	I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you	“I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
1111	JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1112	JHN	15	13	bu8j		τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	This refers to physical life.
1113	JHN	15	15	h2wv		πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν	1	everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you	“I have told you everything my Father told me”
1114	JHN	15	15	b56f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1115	JHN	15	16	yu3e	figs-explicit	οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε	1	You did not choose me	Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1116	JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε	1	go and bear fruit	Here “fruit” is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1117	JHN	15	16	v3je		καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	“that the results of what you do should last forever”
1118	JHN	15	16	z431	figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν	1	whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1119	JHN	15	16	bcy1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1120	JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1121	JHN	15	19	x6q8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1122	JHN	15	19	xas7		ἐφίλει	1	love	This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1123	JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here “word” is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1124	JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here “because of my name” is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1125	JHN	15	22	m75h	figs-explicit	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1126	JHN	15	23	sw4l		ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ	1	He who hates me also hates my Father	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
1127	JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1128	JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1129	JHN	15	24	v23s		ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	“they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
1130	JHN	15	24	v6pt		καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
1131	JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	You can translate this in an active form. “Word” here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1132	JHN	15	25	j2m2		τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
1133	JHN	15	26	mwq6		πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me	God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
1134	JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1135	JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1136	JHN	15	27	r47f	figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε	1	You are also testifying	Here “testifying” means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1137	JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here the “beginning” is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1138	JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
1139	JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
1140	JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here the phrase “fall away” implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1141	JHN	16	2	i79b		ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	“it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.”
1142	JHN	16	3	cqw1		ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ	1	They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me	They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
1143	JHN	16	3	k4r6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1144	JHN	16	4	blb2	figs-metonymy	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν	1	when their hour comes	Here “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1145	JHN	16	4	dh5i	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	in the beginning	This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1146	JHN	16	6	kr4d	figs-metonymy	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1147	JHN	16	7	g3ze	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1148	JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
1149	JHN	16	8	e7di		ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin	When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
1150	JHN	16	8	bpu5		ἐκεῖνος	1	Comforter	This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md).
1151	JHN	16	8	i78r	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1152	JHN	16	9	v4hk		περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	about sin, because they do not believe in me	“they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me”
1153	JHN	16	10	t4qe		περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με	1	about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me	“when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things”
1154	JHN	16	10	r121	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1155	JHN	16	11	l71y		περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1	about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged	“God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
1156	JHN	16	11	x2z1		ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	the ruler of this world	Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
1157	JHN	16	12	g29n		πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν	1	things to say to you	“messages for you” or “words for you”
1158	JHN	16	13	j7gr		τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
1159	JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1160	JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1161	JHN	16	14	m9pb	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here “things of mine” refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1162	JHN	16	15	s73e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1163	JHN	16	15	rmq9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν	1	the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1164	JHN	16	16	nq4g		μικρὸν	1	In a short amount of time	“Soon” or “Before much time passes”
1165	JHN	16	16	en9b		καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν	1	after another short amount of time	“again, before much time passes”
1166	JHN	16	17	f2sj			0	General Information:	There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
1167	JHN	16	17	s9x3		μικρὸν…οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με	1	A short amount of time you will no longer see me	The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
1168	JHN	16	17	zd1n		πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	after another short amount of time you will see me	Possible meanings are 1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or 2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
1169	JHN	16	17	sz1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1170	JHN	16	19	j7dv			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
1171	JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying,…see me’?	Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1172	JHN	16	20	jx6s		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
1173	JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the world will be glad	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1174	JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1175	JHN	16	22	j7ge	figs-metonymy	χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	your heart will be glad	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1176	JHN	16	23	g4qt		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
1177	JHN	16	23	v91r	figs-metonymy	ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you	Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1178	JHN	16	23	w5jj	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1179	JHN	16	23	q75v	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1180	JHN	16	24	p83u	figs-activepassive	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	your joy will be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1181	JHN	16	25	m4wc		ἐν παροιμίαις	1	in figures of speech	“in language that is not clear”
1182	JHN	16	25	n93q		ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming	“it will soon happen”
1183	JHN	16	25	r73l		παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν	1	tell you plainly about the Father	“tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
1184	JHN	16	25	bq3q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1185	JHN	16	26	vf63	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε	1	you will ask in my name	Here “name” is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1186	JHN	16	26	cy76	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1187	JHN	16	27	scs2		αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε	1	the Father himself loves you because you have loved me	When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
1188	JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον	1	I came from the Father	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1189	JHN	16	28	xn2v		ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father…I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father	After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
1190	JHN	16	28	wyz7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father…going to the Father	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1191	JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1192	JHN	16	29	h725			0	Connecting Statement:	The disciples respond to Jesus.
1193	JHN	16	31	c8cu	figs-rquestion	ἄρτι πιστεύετε	1	Do you believe now?	This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1194	JHN	16	32	kcb1			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
1195	JHN	16	32	yza2	figs-activepassive	σκορπισθῆτε	1	you will be scattered	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1196	JHN	16	32	k3br	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	the Father is with me	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1197	JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here “peace” refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1198	JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here “the world” refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1199	JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.<br>
1200	JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
1201	JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1202	JHN	17	1	k7tb		οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	This refers to the sky.
1203	JHN	17	1	n15x		Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ	1	Father…glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you	Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
1204	JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father…Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1205	JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1206	JHN	17	2	vbt4		πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	This refers to all people.
1207	JHN	17	3	tx6m		αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	This is eternal life…know you, the only true God, and…Jesus Christ	Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
1208	JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here “work” is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1209	JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1210	JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1211	JHN	17	6	s4p3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
1212	JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1213	JHN	17	6	hn8z	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	from the world	Here “world” is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1214	JHN	17	6	u8lc	figs-idiom	τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν	1	kept your word	This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1215	JHN	17	9	ndb1	figs-metonymy	οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ	1	I do not pray for the world	Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1216	JHN	17	11	bk2h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1217	JHN	17	11	a7un		Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς	1	Holy Father, keep them…that they will be one…as we are one	Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
1218	JHN	17	11	kp1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1219	JHN	17	11	yq9z	figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι	1	keep them in your name that you have given me	Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1220	JHN	17	12	s5kw	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	I kept them in your name	Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1221	JHN	17	12	a4s8		οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	“the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction”
1222	JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1223	JHN	17	12	blz4	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the scriptures would be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1224	JHN	17	13	p71q	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1225	JHN	17	13	jp4v	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1226	JHN	17	14	bc1y		ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου	1	I have given them your word	“I have spoken your message to them”
1227	JHN	17	14	qf43	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world	Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1228	JHN	17	15	hg22	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1229	JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1230	JHN	17	17	y53e	figs-explicit	ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Set them apart by the truth	The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1231	JHN	17	17	y5qx		ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν	1	Your word is truth	“Your message is true” or “What you say is true”
1232	JHN	17	18	bh1a	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	into the world	Here into “the world” is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1233	JHN	17	19	z4z8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1234	JHN	17	20	n7mp		τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	those who will believe in me through their word	“those who will believe in me because they teach about me”
1235	JHN	17	21	s8a1		πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν	1	they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us	Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
1236	JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1237	JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here the “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1238	JHN	17	22	p4mj		κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	“I have honored my followers just as you have honored me”
1239	JHN	17	22	wwu9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν	1	so that they will be one, just as we are one	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1240	JHN	17	23	fld5		ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	“that they may be completely united”
1241	JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	Here “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1242	JHN	17	23	rw4u		ἠγάπησας	1	loved	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1243	JHN	17	24	da83	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1244	JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Here “where I am” refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1245	JHN	17	24	hz83		θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν	1	to see my glory	“to see my greatness”
1246	JHN	17	24	fiv7	figs-explicit	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the creation of the world	Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1247	JHN	17	25	cj69			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes his prayer.
1248	JHN	17	25	ur9j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ δίκαιε	1	Righteous Father	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1249	JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world did not know you	The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1250	JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	I made your name known to them	The word “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1251	JHN	17	26	gk2j		ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς	1	love…loved	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1252	JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
1253	JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1254	JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1255	JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1256	JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1257	JHN	18	4	k71q			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
1258	JHN	18	4	sh2u		Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	“Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him”
1259	JHN	18	5	vg2d		Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	“Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
1260	JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	The word “he” is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1261	JHN	18	5	g4hx		ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	who betrayed him	“who handed him over”
1262	JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1263	JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1264	JHN	18	7	uf85		Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	“Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
1265	JHN	18	8	l8as	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1266	JHN	18	8	ui8z	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1267	JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-explicit	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here “the word” refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1268	JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1269	JHN	18	11	u2s9		θήκην	1	sheath	the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner
1270	JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1271	JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup	Here “cup” is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1272	JHN	18	11	cjx7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1273	JHN	18	12	wxb6	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1274	JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1275	JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1276	JHN	18	15	hch7	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1277	JHN	18	16	utf4	figs-activepassive	οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1278	JHN	18	17	r82l	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1	Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?	This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1279	JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1280	JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1281	JHN	18	19	ppt2			0	General Information:	Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
1282	JHN	18	19	e8h3		ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
1283	JHN	18	19	y6gn	figs-explicit	περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ	1	about his disciples and his teaching	Here “his teaching” refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1284	JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	You may need to make explicit that the word “world” is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration “the world” emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1285	JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	where all the Jews come together	Here “all the Jews” is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1286	JHN	18	21	dlu6	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς	1	Why did you ask me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1287	JHN	18	22	szv3	figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ	1	Is that how you answer the high priest?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1288	JHN	18	23	d76y		μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ	1	testify about the wrong	“tell me what I said that was wrong”
1289	JHN	18	23	r8dy	figs-rquestion	εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1290	JHN	18	25	jr1c			0	General Information:	Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
1291	JHN	18	25	ki76	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1292	JHN	18	25	l2bj	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ	1	Are you not also one of his disciples?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1293	JHN	18	26	x6s3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Did I not see you in the garden with him?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1294	JHN	18	27	msy6	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος	1	Peter then denied again	Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1295	JHN	18	27	jww8	figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	immediately the rooster crowed	Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1296	JHN	18	28	a6e7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1297	JHN	18	28	ija7	figs-explicit	ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα	1	Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas	Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1298	JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν	1	they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled	Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1299	JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1300	JHN	18	30	j9w3		παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	given him over	This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
1301	JHN	18	31	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1302	JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1303	JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1304	JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1305	JHN	18	32	tu3c		σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	“regarding how he would die”
1306	JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1307	JHN	18	35	en38		τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	“Your fellow Jews”
1308	JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Here “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or 2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1309	JHN	18	36	s2lq	figs-activepassive	ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	so that I would not be given over to the Jews	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1310	JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1311	JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-synecdoche	ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here “world” is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1312	JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-explicit	μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here “the truth” refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1313	JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1314	JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Here “voice” is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1315	JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1316	JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1317	JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1318	JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1319	JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.<br>
1320	JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
1321	JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1322	JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1323	JHN	19	4	c6v2	figs-explicit	αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω	1	I find no guilt in him	Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1324	JHN	19	5	t9wn		τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον	1	crown of thorns…purple garment	The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
1325	JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1326	JHN	19	7	vr7p		ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
1327	JHN	19	7	xt93	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1328	JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς	1	Are you not speaking to me?	This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1329	JHN	19	10	iap3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε	1	Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1330	JHN	19	10	t82v	figs-metonymy	ἐξουσίαν	1	power	Here “power” is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1331	JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1	You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above	You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1332	JHN	19	11	arc9		ἄνωθεν	1	from above	This is a respectful way of referring to God.
1333	JHN	19	11	vc79		παραδούς μέ	1	gave me over	This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
1334	JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here “this answer” refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1335	JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν	1	Pilate tried to release him	The form of “tried” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1336	JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν	1	but the Jews cried out	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1337	JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	“you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
1338	JHN	19	12	bhl3		βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	“claims that he is a king”
1339	JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-synecdoche	ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	Here “he” refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1340	JHN	19	13	fk5k		ἐκάθισεν	1	sat down	Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
1341	JHN	19	13	qhu4		ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
1342	JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1343	JHN	19	13	ev3i		Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	Hebrew	This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke.
1344	JHN	19	14	cus1			0	Connecting Statement:	Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
1345	JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1346	JHN	19	14	en2i		ὥρα…ἕκτη	1	the sixth hour	“about noontime”
1347	JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate said to the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1348	JHN	19	15	tlj2	figs-synecdoche	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Should I crucify your King?	Here “I” is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1349	JHN	19	16	t3yb	figs-explicit	τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified	Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1350	JHN	19	17	qv6j	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1351	JHN	19	17	d88m		ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ	1	which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.”	Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
1352	JHN	19	18	fb84	figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	with him two other men	This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1353	JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-synecdoche	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here “on the cross” refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1354	JHN	19	19	gk8e	figs-activepassive	ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.	1	There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1355	JHN	19	20	ke3t	figs-activepassive	ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1356	JHN	19	20	mgb7	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί	1	The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1357	JHN	19	20	w41e		Ῥωμαϊστί	1	Latin	This was the language of the Roman government.
1358	JHN	19	21	qk7w	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “The chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1359	JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1360	JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background		0	General Information:	At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1361	JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	“and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1362	JHN	19	24	ks7m	figs-explicit	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1363	JHN	19	24	j1f9		ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said”
1364	JHN	19	24	lqy3		λάχωμεν	1	cast lots	This was how the soldiers divided Jesus’ clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: “they gambled”
1365	JHN	19	26	gkf1		τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα	1	the disciple whom he loved	This is John, the writer of this Gospel.
1366	JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here the word “son” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1367	JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here the word “mother” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1368	JHN	19	27	q615		ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	“From that very moment”
1369	JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1370	JHN	19	29	x1cy	figs-activepassive	σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1371	JHN	19	29	g9vg		ὄξους	1	sour wine	“bitter wine”
1372	JHN	19	29	drr1		περιθέντες	1	they put	Here “they” refers to the Roman guards.
1373	JHN	19	29	y2eg		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
1374	JHN	19	29	mg3t		ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες	1	on a hyssop staff	“on a branch of a plant called hyssop”
1375	JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-explicit	κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1376	JHN	19	31	zuk9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1377	JHN	19	31	c49h		παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
1378	JHN	19	31	f96h	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1379	JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1380	JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background	ὁ ἑωρακὼς	1	The one who saw this	This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1381	JHN	19	35	fl82	figs-explicit	μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία	1	has testified, and his testimony is true	To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382	JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	Here “believe” means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1383	JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1384	JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1385	JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	Not one of his bones will be broken	This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1386	JHN	19	37	h4kq		ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	They will look at him whom they pierced	This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
1387	JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1388	JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1389	JHN	19	38	t22g	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1390	JHN	19	39	mjy8		Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus	Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md).
1391	JHN	19	39	d3d2		σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
1392	JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1393	JHN	19	39	nmr8	translate-numbers	ἑκατόν	1	one hundred	“100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1394	JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden…had yet been buried	Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1395	JHN	19	41	uib1	figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1396	JHN	19	41	qd1a	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had buried no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1397	JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “The Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1398	JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br>
1399	JHN	20	1	k5pq			0	General Information:	This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
1400	JHN	20	1	a8vl		μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	“Sunday”
1401	JHN	20	1	bdw5	figs-activepassive	βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον	1	she saw the stone rolled away	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1402	JHN	20	2	g2rn		μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1403	JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-explicit	ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου	1	They took away the Lord out from the tomb	Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1404	JHN	20	3	d6g3		ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name.
1405	JHN	20	3	p6ex	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθεν	1	went out	John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: “rushed out to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1406	JHN	20	5	m9qn		ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
1407	JHN	20	6	ys3b		ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
1408	JHN	20	7	qt5a	figs-activepassive	σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	cloth that had been on his head	Here “his head” refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1409	JHN	20	7	yc78	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον	1	but was folded up in a place by itself	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1410	JHN	20	8	vl84		ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book.
1411	JHN	20	8	ww3z	figs-explicit	εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1412	JHN	20	9	ms3s	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν	1	they still did not know the scripture	Here the word “they” refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1413	JHN	20	9	u5q9		ἀναστῆναι	1	rise	become alive again
1414	JHN	20	9	p651		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
1415	JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς	1	went back home again	The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1416	JHN	20	12	p9aw	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς	1	She saw two angels in white	The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: “She saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1417	JHN	20	13	v5uj		λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι	1	They said to her	“They asked her”
1418	JHN	20	13	hmx8		ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου	1	Because they took away my Lord	“Because they took away the body of my Lord”
1419	JHN	20	13	aq3x		οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1	I do not know where they have put him	“I do not know where they have put it”
1420	JHN	20	15	le9x		λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to her	“Jesus asked her”
1421	JHN	20	15	ml7c	figs-explicit	κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν	1	Sir, if you have taken him away	Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1422	JHN	20	15	z97i		εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν	1	tell me where you have put him	“tell me where you have put it”
1423	JHN	20	15	a5z2	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	I will take him away	Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1424	JHN	20	16	k468		Ραββουνεί	1	Rabboni	The word “Rabboni” means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
1425	JHN	20	17	whh9		τοὺς ἀδελφούς	1	brothers	Jesus used the word “brothers” to refer to his disciples.
1426	JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-explicit	ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1427	JHN	20	17	q3x5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν	1	my Father and your Father	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1428	JHN	20	18	m6xn	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1429	JHN	20	19	m5nt			0	General Information:	It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
1430	JHN	20	19	qj6n		ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	This refers to Sunday.
1431	JHN	20	19	e7cb	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the doors of where the disciples were, were closed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1432	JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1433	JHN	20	19	zj7j		εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
1434	JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-explicit	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1435	JHN	20	21	ylp8		εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
1436	JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1437	JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are forgiven	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1438	JHN	20	23	lb7g		ἄν τινων κρατῆτε	1	whoever’s sins you keep back	“If you do not forgive another’s sins”
1439	JHN	20	23	mw5s	figs-activepassive	κεκράτηνται	1	they are kept back	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1440	JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1441	JHN	20	25	n8vc		ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί	1	disciples later said to him	The word “him” refers to Thomas.
1442	JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see…his side, I will not believe	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see…his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1443	JHN	20	25	ss17		ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1	in his hands…into his side	The word “his” refers to Jesus.
1444	JHN	20	26	vzm5		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	The word “his” refers to Jesus.
1445	JHN	20	26	r3iz	figs-activepassive	ῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1	while the doors were closed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1446	JHN	20	26	m5tl		εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
1447	JHN	20	27	ncc3	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Do not be unbelieving, but believe	Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1448	JHN	20	27	n4pi	figs-explicit	πιστός	1	believe	Here “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1449	JHN	20	29	q81m	figs-explicit	πεπίστευκας	1	you have believed	Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1450	JHN	20	29	zgv1		μακάριοι οἱ	1	Blessed are those	This means “God gives great happiness to those.”
1451	JHN	20	29	q9fb	figs-explicit	μὴ ἰδόντες	1	who have not seen	This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1452	JHN	20	30	yd1j	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1453	JHN	20	30	yrl9		σημεῖα	1	signs	The word “signs” refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
1454	JHN	20	30	xz6j	figs-activepassive	ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	signs that have not been written in this book	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1455	JHN	20	31	am9l	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται	1	but these have been written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1456	JHN	20	31	p5k4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1457	JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-metonymy	ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life in his name	Here “life” is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1458	JHN	20	31	ip1i		ζωὴν	1	life	This refers to spiritual life.
1459	JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1460	JHN	21	1	et5h	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1461	JHN	21	1	yj6k		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	“Some time later”
1462	JHN	21	2	b421	figs-activepassive	ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	with Thomas called Didymus	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1463	JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1464	JHN	21	5	wgd7		παιδία	1	Young men	This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
1465	JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here “some” refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1466	JHN	21	6	p8he		αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι	1	draw it in	“pull the net in”
1467	JHN	21	7	u5c3		ἠγάπα	1	loved	This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1468	JHN	21	7	h3p4		τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	he tied up his outer garment	“he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic”
1469	JHN	21	7	eve2	writing-background	ἦν γὰρ γυμνός	1	for he was undressed	This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1470	JHN	21	7	ab4d	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	threw himself into the sea	Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1471	JHN	21	7	k449	figs-idiom	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν	1	threw himself	This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1472	JHN	21	8	wrd3	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off	This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1473	JHN	21	8	c1j8	translate-bdistance	πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	two hundred cubits	“90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1474	JHN	21	11	f7mi	figs-explicit	ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος	1	Simon Peter then went up	Here “went up” means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1475	JHN	21	11	fbz7		εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	drew the net to land	“pulled the net to the shore”
1476	JHN	21	11	azy5	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον	1	the net was not torn	You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1477	JHN	21	11	m8i7	translate-numbers	μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων	1	full of large fish	“full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1478	JHN	21	12	za5g		ἀριστήσατε	1	breakfast	the morning meal
1479	JHN	21	14	tp3i	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	the third time	You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1480	JHN	21	15	m1bh			0	General Information:	Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
1481	JHN	21	15	t1uj		ἀγαπᾷς με	1	do you love me	Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
1482	JHN	21	15	l4h1		σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε	1	you know that I love you	When Peter answers, he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1483	JHN	21	15	qja3	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου	1	Feed my lambs	Here “lambs” is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1484	JHN	21	16	szk8		ἀγαπᾷς με	1	do you love me	Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
1485	JHN	21	16	vk16	figs-metaphor	ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου	1	Take care of my sheep	Here “sheep” is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1486	JHN	21	17	fj84	translate-ordinal	λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον	1	He said to him a third time	The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus. Here “a third time” means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1487	JHN	21	17	kz3h		φιλεῖς με	1	do you love me	This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1488	JHN	21	17	p8aa	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου	1	Feed my sheep	Here “sheep” is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1489	JHN	21	18	sqb7		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
1490	JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1491	JHN	21	19	hf2r	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God	Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1492	JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-explicit	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	Here the word “follow” means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1493	JHN	21	20	wzm9		τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
1494	JHN	21	20	ikd4		ἠγάπα	1	loved	This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1495	JHN	21	20	ys31		ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ	1	at the dinner	This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
1496	JHN	21	21	u5rr		τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter saw him	Here “him” refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
1497	JHN	21	21	cf5h	figs-explicit	Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τ	1	Lord, what will this man do?	Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1498	JHN	21	22	yc52		λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to him	“Jesus said to Peter”
1499	JHN	21	22	e3xi		ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	If I want him to stay	Here “him” refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
1500	JHN	21	22	tef8		ἔρχομαι	1	I come	This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
1501	JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ	1	what is that to you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1502	JHN	21	23	c2cr		εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	among the brothers	Here “the brothers” refers to all the followers of Jesus.
1503	JHN	21	24	s5bp	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1504	JHN	21	24	d6t5		ὁ μαθητὴς	1	the disciple	“the disciple John”
1505	JHN	21	24	f7ww	figs-explicit	ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων	1	who testifies about these things	Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1506	JHN	21	24	h5i9	figs-explicit	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1507	JHN	21	25	l3hz	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν	1	If each one were written down	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1508	JHN	21	25	i9n8	figs-hyperbole	οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία	1	even the world itself could not contain the books	John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1509	JHN	21	25	xn87	figs-activepassive	τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία	1	the books that would be written	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])